‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ‪Nokia N86 8MP‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪3‬‬
 ‫© ‪ Nokia 2010‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ NOKIA CORPORATION‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ‪ RM-484‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ ‪ 1999/5/EC‬ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪http://www.nokia.com/phones/ /‬‬

‫‪.declaration_of_conformity‬‬

‫‪ Nokia‬ﻭ‪ Nokia Connecting People‬ﻭ‪ Nseries‬ﻭ‪ N86‬ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭ ‪ Nokia Original Accessories‬ﻭ‪ Ovi‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .Nokia Corporation‬ﺗﻌﺪ ‪ Nokia tune‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .Nokia Corporation‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻣﻦ ‪ .Nokia‬ﺗﻨﺘﻬﺞ ‪ Nokia‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ‪Nokia‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱٍّ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪.This product includes software licensed from Symbian Software Ltd ©1998-2010. Symbian and Symbian OS are trademarks of Symbian Ltd‬‬

‫‪.Java and all Java-based marks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc‬‬

‫‪.Portions of the Nokia Maps software are ©1996-2010 The FreeType Project. All rights reserved‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺮﺧﺺ ﻃﺒﻘًﺎ ﻟـ ‪ MPEG-4 Visual Patent Portfolio License‬ﻟـ )‪ (i‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ MPEG-4 Visual‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭ )‪ (ii‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ MPEG-4‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺮﺧﺺ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻷﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ .MPEG LA ،LLC‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪.http://www.mpegla.com‬‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺪ ‪ Nokia‬ﺑﺄﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱٍّ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺧﺼﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﻜًﺎ ﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟـ ‪ Nokia‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ‪ Nokia‬ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ‪ Nokia‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ‪ Nokia‬ﺃﻱ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺗﻘﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻮﺍء ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺮﻳﺤًﺎ ﺃﻡ ﺿﻤﻨﻴًﺎ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ‪ Nokia‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﺃﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺿﻤﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼءﻣﺘﻪ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺧﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﺒﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ "ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻨﺔ"‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ‪ Nokia‬ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺺ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،Nokia‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺺ ﻣﺮﺧﺼﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ‪ Nokia‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﻮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻱ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳُﻄﻠَﺐُ ﻣﻨﻚ‬

‫ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻃﺒﻘًﺎ ﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻔﻮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺖ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬

‫‪ .FCC‬ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻦ‪ (١) :‬ﺃﻻ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸًﺎ ﺿﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ)‪ (٢‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒﻞ ‪ Nokia‬ﺳﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬

‫‪/‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪AR 3‬‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪٢٠.....................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪٢٠.......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪٢١................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪٢١.....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪٢٢...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪٢٣....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪٩......................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪١٠.........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪١١.................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‪١١..............................................................................‬‬
‫‪١١..........................................................................................ActiveSync‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪١١.............................................................‬‬

‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪٢٥......................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ‪١٢.........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪٢٥.....................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء )ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ(‪١٢............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ "‪٢٥................................................."Nokia Switch‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء )ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ(‪١٣..........................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪٢٦...............................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪١٣..................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪٢٨.......................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪١٣...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ‪٢٨............................................................Mobile Search‬‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪١٤............................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪٢٩...........................‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪١٤....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪٢٩.................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪١٥.......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪٣٠..................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪١٦...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‪١٧......................................................................................‬‬
‫‪٣١............................................................................Ovi‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻢ‪١٧........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪٣١...................................................................................Ovi‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪١٨....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ‪٣١...........................................................................................Ovi‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٣٢..........................................................................................Ovi‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪١٩..............................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪١٩................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪٣٤....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‪١٩..................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪٥٣........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪٥٥.....................................................................................‬‬
‫‪٥٥...........................................................................................Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪٥٩....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪٥٩............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪٥٩...............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪٤٥.......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪٦١.................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪٦١..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪٦١.....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪٦٢....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‪٦٢.......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪٦٣...................................................................‬‬
‫‪٦٣..............................................................................................Widgets‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪٦٣..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪٦٤............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ‪٦٤....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪٦٤.....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪٦٤...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪٦٥.......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺪﻳﻮ‪٥١...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪٦٧................................................................‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪٦٧.............................................................................................FM‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪٦٨......................................................................................Ovi‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪٦٨..........................................................................Nokia‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪٧٠..............................................................Nokia Podcasting‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪٧٤..............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪٣٤.....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪٣٤.................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪٣٤.....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪٤١................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪٤٢....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‪٤٥.....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪٤٥..........................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪٤٦........................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪٤٦........................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪٤٦.......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪٤٧...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪٤٧............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪٤٨...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪٤٨......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪٤٩.....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪٥٠.....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‪٥١.................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪٥١....................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪٥١..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‪٥٢.....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‪٥٢...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪٥٣.......................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪٩١...................................................‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪٧٧..................................................................................FM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎء‪٩٢.............................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪٩٢............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪٧٩................................................(GPS‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪٩٢......................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ )‪٧٩.......................................(GPS‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪٩٢.........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪٧٩.............................(A-GPS‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪٨٠.......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪٩٣.......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪٨٠.....................................................GPS‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪٩٣.......................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪٨١.....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪٩٤.....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪٨١..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪٩٤..................................‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪٨٢.........................................................................................GPS‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﺎ‪٩٥....................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪٩٦........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪٨٤........................................Nokia‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‪٩٦.......................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪٨٤...................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪٨٤....................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪٩٧.....................................................Nokia‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‪٨٥...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪٩٧.........................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪٨٥...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪٩٨................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪٨٦..............................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪٩٨..................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‪٨٦....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪٩٩.....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪٨٧..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪٩٩............................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪٨٨......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪٨٨....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪١٠١..................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪٨٨.............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪١٠١......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪٨٩........................................‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﺺ‪١٠١.........................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪٨٩..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪١٠٣.....................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪٩٠.......................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪١٠٤....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ‪٩٠..................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪١٠٥...................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‪٩١.......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء )ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ(‪١٢٦...........................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪١٠٦.............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪١٢٦.......................................................‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪١٠٩......................................SIM‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪١٢٦......................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪١٠٩..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪١٢٦.........................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪١١٤....................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻤﺎء‪١٢٧.............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪١١٤........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪١٢٧....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪١١٤.......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪١٢٧.....................................................................................SIM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪١١٥.................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‪١٢٨...................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ‪١١٥..............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪١٣٠....................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪١١٦.....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪١٣٠..........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪١١٦...........................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪١٣٠..........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪١١٧............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‪١٣١.................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪١١٧..............................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪١٣١.....................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪١١٧.........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪١٣٢.................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪١١٨.......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪١٣٣................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ‪١١٩...................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪١١٩...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪١٣٤...........................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪١٢٢.............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪١٣٤.............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪١٣٥.............................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪١٢٤..................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪١٢٤..................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪١٣٧..................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪١٢٤...............................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪١٣٧...................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪١٢٤...................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ‪١٣٨.............................................................................Quickoffice‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻈﻮﺭﺓ‪١٢٥...........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪١٣٨...................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪١٢٥.......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪١٣٩...........................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪١٢٥.....................................................................‬‬
‫‪) Zip manager‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ(‪١٣٩..............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‪١٧٤.................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ‪١٤٠.....................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪١٤٠.................................................................................Adobe Reader‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪١٤١.............................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪١٤١....................................................................... RealPlayer‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪١٤٢.............................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ‪١٤٤.............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪١٤٥...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‪١٤٥........................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪١٤٧....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪١٤٧....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪١٥٢...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪١٥٥..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪١٥٩............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪١٥٩.................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‪١٦٢............................‬‬

‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺧﻀﺮﺍء‪١٦٦...................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪١٦٦..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪١٦٦..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‪١٦٦......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ‪١٦٦......................................................................................‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪١٦٧....................................‬‬


‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ‪ .‬ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻜﺴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻜﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺴﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻠﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻇﻔﻴﻦ ﻣﺆﻫﻠﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻪ ﺟﺎﻓًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻜﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺃ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﺮًﺍ ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﻈﻮﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﻄﺮًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭﻻً‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺠﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺺ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ‪،Nokia‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ (E)GSM 850‬ﻭ‪ 900‬ﻭ‪ 1800‬ﻭ‪ 1900‬ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪UMTS‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﺮ ‪ Nokia‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫‪ 900‬ﻭ‪ 1900‬ﻭ‪ .2100‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺤﻈﻮﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﺮًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ office‬ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪Microsoft Word‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺱ‬
‫ﻭ‪ PowerPoint‬ﻭ)ﻭ‪XP 2003‬ﻭ ‪ .Excel (Microsoft Office 2000‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧُﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺴﺠﻞ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ( ‪Symbian Signed‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫)‪ Symbian‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺟﺘﺎﺯﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ™‪ .Java Verified‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘًﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫‪ActiveSync‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺩﻓﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ Exchange‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺛﻴﺮ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ‪ PIM‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪ Nokia‬ﻭﺧﺎﺩﻡ ‪Microsoft Exchange‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ‪ WAP 2.0‬ﻭ ‪(HTTP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ SSL‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻻﺕ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻳُﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ )‪ (MMS‬ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ‬
 ‫ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫‪ — 2‬ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء )ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ — 3‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ — 4‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪ — 5‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ — 6‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ — 7‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ — 8‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ‪C‬‬
‫‪ — 9‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫‪ — 10‬ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‬
‫‪ — 11‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ — 1‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ — 2‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ ٣.٥) Nokia AV‬ﻣﻢ(‬
‫‪ — 3‬ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‬

‫‪ — 1‬ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء )ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﻔﺤﻚ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ — 1‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ — 2‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ — 1‬ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ — 3‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ — 2‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ — 4‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ — 3‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫‪ — 4‬ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪ — 5‬ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺿﻚ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫‪ — 6‬ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ — 7‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪ — 8‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
 ‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‬

‫ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻄﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .٤‬ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ <‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺘﺠﻬًﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻓﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ microSD‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Nokia‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ Nokia‬ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺰﻉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﺰﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻝ؟‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ "ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ"‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣُﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺘﺠﻬًﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .٦‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻃﻘﻄﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‬ ‫‪ .٤‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬

‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ‬

‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻢ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻫﻮ ‪.١٢٣٤٥‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻭﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻳﻀﺎء‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Nokia Care‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ!‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻔﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺷﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺷﺤﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻋﺒﺮ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻋﺒﺮ ‪ USB‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻋﺒﺮ ‪ ،USB‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪ USB‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﺒًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺮﺝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫‪.Nokia AV‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺱ‪ -‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪Nokia AV‬؛ ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﻗﺘًﺎ ﻃﻮﻳﻼ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ؛ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻣﺮﺭ ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺑﻄﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﻏﻠِﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ Nokia AV‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٧‬‬
 ‫ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﻥ؛ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻉ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ — 1‬ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭ‪GPS‬‬

‫‪ — 2‬ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪FM‬‬
‫‪ — 3‬ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ FM‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪ ،WLAN‬ﻭ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺳﻴﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ ،www.nokia.com/support‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪) www.nokia.mobi/support.‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺺ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫● ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺻﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺗﻚ ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺧﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺢ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫● ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﻱ ﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻇﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑـ ‪ Nokia‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ .www.nokia.com/repair‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻟﻺﺻﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻧُﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ‪.SW update‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ‪ Nokia‬ﻭﻣﻄﻮﺭﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪ Ovi‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪ .store.ovi.com‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ" )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪ www.nokia.com/support‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻛﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ"‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪّﺛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻛﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓً ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ )‪ (MMS‬ﻭ‪GPRS‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻣُﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻄﻠﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻗﻔﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﺃﻳًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ )‪ — (PIN‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓً ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪) PIN‬ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٨-٤‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ( ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ .SIM‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺧﺎﻃﺊ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PUK‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ — UPIN‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﺮﻓﻘًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ .USIM‬ﺗﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ USIM‬ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭًﺍ ﻣﺤﺴﻨًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ‪.3G‬‬
‫● ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ — PIN2‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ )ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٨-٤‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ( ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ SIM‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫● ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ — ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ‪ — Update via PC‬ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪Nokia Software Updater‬‬
‫‪ PC‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ — ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺧﻼء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ‪.Nokia‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪِّﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪ Nokia‬ﻫﻮ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜِّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺫﻭ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﻭﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﺪِّﺙ"‬
‫"‪ Nokia‬ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪www.nokia.com/‬‬
‫‪.softwareupdate‬‬
 ‫ﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫● ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ )ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ( — ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤًﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻁ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻫﻮ ‪ .12345‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻗﺪﺭٍ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻳًﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻐﻠﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫● ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ‪ Nokia Care‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ )‪ (PUK‬ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ‪ — PUK2‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ‬
‫● ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ )ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٨‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ( ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪PIN‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ ،PIN2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﺮﻓﻘًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،SIM‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪ Nokia‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫● ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ — UPUK‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ )ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪ 8‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ(‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻼً ﺑﺄﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ UPIN‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﺮﻓﻘًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ ،USIM‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻗﻞ( ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫● ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫)‪ — (IMEI‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪ 15‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 17‬ﺭﻗﻤًﺎ(‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(GPRS‬ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ‬ ‫‪ .GSM‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ <‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ <‬ ‫‪ IMEI‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ < ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﻄﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺔ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻌُﺪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ" ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺟﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫● ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‬
‫● ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫● ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫● ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ )‪ .sisx‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .sis‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻠﻒ( ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫● ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺜﻴﺮًﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .3G‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ GSM‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ GSM‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ‪.GSM‬‬
‫● ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﻃﻔﺎء ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ <‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ <‬
‫ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.C‬‬
‫● ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
 ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬

‫ﺑﺈﺧﻄﺎﺭﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ <‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻦ ‪ Nokia‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ‪ -‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ‪ -‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﻣﺮﺣﺒًﺎ"‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ <‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ "‪Nokia‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻛﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬ ‫‪"Switch‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻣﺰًﺍ )ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٦ - ١‬ﺭﻗﻤًﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪،‬‬
‫"ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ"‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﻧﻘﻞ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ" ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻛﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬

‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ‪ ،Nokia‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ C:\Nokia‬ﺃﻭ ‪E:‬‬
‫‪ \Nokia‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪ .٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﺣﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻠﺒﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺜﻼً ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻟﺒﺪء ﻧﻘﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭًﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺻﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ؛ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺤﺺ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪) GSM‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ FM‬ﻧﺸﻂ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪) UMTS‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ FM‬ﻧﺸﻂ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺮﻭءﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ "ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺗﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ" ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻧﺼﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ "ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ‪ GPRS‬ﻧﺸﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫)ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ "ﺻﺎﻣﺖ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫‪) EGPRS‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ‪EGPRS‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺯﻣﻨﻴًﺎ ﻧﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ EGPRS‬ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ ﻧﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ UMTS‬ﻧﺸﻂ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣُﺤﻮَﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫)ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ HSDPA‬ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺧﻄﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺸﻂ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫‪) UMTS‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
 ‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻳﺐ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪،‬‬

‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻧﺸﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣًﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻧﺸﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ .Bluetooth‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﺎﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .#‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺧﻄﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ USB‬ﻧﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺭٍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.١‬‬

‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺂﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ GPS‬ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪ #‬ﻭ* ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.C‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ؛ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔً‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ٢‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ‪ #‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ‪Mobile Search‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺑﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‬

‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ )‪ (RF‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻔﻀﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﺑﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬

‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ؛ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ‪ HSDPA‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻋﻦ ﻷﻱ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬

‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬

‫ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻌًﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ )ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪ ,HSDPA‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫(ﻫﻮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ‪ ,3.5G‬ﻭﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ UMTS‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪ HSDPA‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﻋﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪ HSDPA،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ‪ UMTS‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ HSDPA‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻂ ﺑـ‬ ‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬

‫)‪ (HSDPA‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
 ‫‪Ovi‬‬
‫‪Ovi‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ‪Ovi‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪ ،Ovi‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ‪.www.ovi.com‬‬

‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ‪Ovi‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ‪ ،Ovi‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪Ovi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻛﺜﻴﺮًﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﻒ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎءً ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ‪ .Ovi‬ﺗﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻚ ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪ .Ovi‬ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺅﻙ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻬﻢ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺋﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻓﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎء ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ™‪.Google Talk‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪ Ovi‬ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﺮﻏﺒﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Nokia‬ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ .Ovi.com‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ "ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪ "Ovi‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞٍ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫● ﻣﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ‪ ،Ovi‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺛِﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﻤﺎءﻙ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪.Ovi.com‬‬ ‫● ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ Nokia‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ‬ ‫● ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬

‫ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫● ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ www.ovi.com‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ & ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ‪ Ovi‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
 ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎء‬

‫‪Ovi‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺩﺷﺔ — ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺭﺩﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪء ﺩﺭﺩﺷﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺩﺭﺩﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺭﺩﺷﺔ — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪Ovi‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،Ovi‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪Nokia N86 8MP‬‬
‫● ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ — ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫● ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ — ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫● ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ — ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫"ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ "Ovi‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ(‪.‬‬
‫"ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪."Ovi‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ "Ovi‬ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ‬ ‫● ﻧﻤﻄﻲ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻧﻤﻄﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،"Ovi‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫● ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ — ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻧﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺼﻘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫● ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻦ‬ ‫● ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ — ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫● ﺧﺮﻭﺝ — ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺇﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫● ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ"‪ .‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﻦ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ" ﻭ"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ"‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻚ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫● ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻷﺳﻤﺎء ‪ Ovi‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪Ovi‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫"ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ "Ovi‬ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﺛﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﺤﻤﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪.files.ovi.com/support‬‬

‫‪٣٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ‪ Nokia N86 8MP‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬

‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ‪ ٢٤٤٨ x ٣٢٦٤‬ﺑﻜﺴﻞ )‪٨‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﻜﺴﻞ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ .JPEG‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MPEG-4‬ﺑﺎﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ‪ ،.mp4‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫‪ 3GPP‬ﺑﺎﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ‪) .3gp‬ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ(‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ"ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ"‪ ،‬ﺻـ‪.٤٤‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺴﻊ ﺻﻮﺭًﺍ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﺜﻼً‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺑﻼﻏﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﻼء ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﻔﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ ٥‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥٍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ — 1‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬ ‫‪ — 2‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ )ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ — 3‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ — 4‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ — 5‬ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪ — 6‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ) ( ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ) (‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ )ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ — 7‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ )ﻭﺿﻊ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻙ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻣﺮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻔﻪ )ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ(‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ ﻣﻘﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﺭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻟﻮﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻧﻮﺭﺍﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﻗﺘًﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﻗﻤﻴًﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫— ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫●‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻴﻨﺌﺬٍ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪،‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺑﺒﻂء ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﺘﺘﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﺒﻂء‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺣﻤﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﺑﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ‬
‫— ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻞ ‪ GPS‬ﻗﻴﺪ‬ ‫●‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻤﺮ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ؛ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺠﺮّﺏ‬ ‫(‪.‬‬ ‫)‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ‬
‫● ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻼﺵ ‪ LED‬ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬ ‫)‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ :‬ﺁﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫(‪.‬‬ ‫( ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ )‬ ‫( ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‬ ‫( ﻭﺣﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ )‬ ‫)‬
‫(‪.‬‬ ‫)‬
‫ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫● ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫● ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫)ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫● ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫● ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻻﺳﻢ؛ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺁﻟﻲ )ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺑـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﺎﺻﻼً‬
‫ﺯﻣﻨﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﻬﺪًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻼﺋﻤًﺎ ﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻺﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺣﺚ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‬

‫ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ—ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻲ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺻﻮﺭًﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻟﻘﻂ ﻡ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ < ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ١٠‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺳﺖ ﺻﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﻨﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎء ﻭﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ؛ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ < ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺿﻒ ﻋﻤﻘًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ؛ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ < ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺒﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻭﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮًﺍ ﺷﺪﻳﺪًﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬
‫● ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻚ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻗﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻨًﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻔًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ )‪ (MMS‬ﻭﻣﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﻠﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻼﺋﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮًﺍ ﺷﺪﻳﺪًﺍ ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺰﻋﺠًﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ"ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ"‪ ،‬ﺻـ‪.٤٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﺪًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫● ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﻐﻤﻀﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻚ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﺒﻌﺜﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ‬
‫● ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺜﻼً ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺸﻤﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻞ ﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﺿﻮﺣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫‪ — 9‬ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ — 10‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻟﻠﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫( ﻭﻳﺼﺪُﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ )‬

‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ — 1‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ — 2‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ — 3‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫‪ — 4‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ )ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻫﻮ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪ — 5‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ — 6‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪ — 7‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ — 8‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪٤١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ )ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ"ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ"‪ ،‬ﺻـ‪.٤٣‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ )ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻡ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ GPS‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪ GPS‬ﻭﻗﺘًﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ(‪:‬‬
‫● ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻮﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫(‪.‬‬ ‫)‬
‫● ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺢ‬
‫(‪.‬‬ ‫)‬
‫● ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ )‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ MPEG-4‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫( )ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ )‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫● ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻡ‬
‫● ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫)ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻓﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫● ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫● ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫— ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ )ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫( — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ )‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﻤﺘﺪ — ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ( ﻟﻤﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫)ﻣﺆﻗﺖ( ﻟﻤﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬

‫( )ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ( — ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ‬ ‫● ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ )‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻌﺘﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻀﻮء ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ١+‬ﺃﻭ ‪٢+‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻪ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ ١-‬ﺃﻭ ‪.٢-‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫( )ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ( — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺓ )‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫( )ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ( — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء‬ ‫● ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ )‬
‫● ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ — ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺗًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻇﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫( )ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ( — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬ ‫● ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء )‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫● ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫( )ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ( — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬ ‫● ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )‬
‫ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬ ‫( — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻟﻮﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ )‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻋﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫● ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ — ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ‪،QCIF‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ 3GPP‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫)‪ ٣٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ(‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ MPEG-4‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ GPS‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪ GPS‬ﻭﻗﺘًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻡ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻂ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ )ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺑـ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺭ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻜﻞ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ — ﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻡ < ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ <‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ — ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺫﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺻﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ GPS‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫● ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫● ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫● ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺣﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ‪ DRM‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺧﻔﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﻔﻴًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ "ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ"‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ" ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ "ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ"‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺠﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٧‬‬
 ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ؛ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ Nokia‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻛﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﺑﺪءًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ"ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻛﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ"‪ ،‬ﺻـ‪.١٤٨‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪/‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ؛ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ Nokia‬ﺑﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ AV‬ﻣﻦ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ — ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫● ﻣﺎﺩﺓ — ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ — ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ "ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ "ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ" ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫)ﻗﺺ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ"ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ ،" RealPlayer‬ﺻـ‪.١٤١‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻛﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ"ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ"‪ ،‬ﺻـ‪.٤٨‬‬
‫ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﺺ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﻲ ‪ .3gp‬ﻭ‪.mp4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ .aac‬ﻭ‪ .amr‬ﻭ‪ .mp3‬ﻭ‪ ..wav‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫)ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻣﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫● ﺩﻣﺞ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫● ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫● ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺺ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫● ﻗﺺ — ﻟﺘﻘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺺ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫● ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ *‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ * ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻭ ‪.1‬‬
‫● ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﺃﻭ ‪.0‬‬
‫● ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‬

‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬

‫ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ ﺛﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬

‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ" ﻣﻊ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ )‪ (MMS‬ﺃﻭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫— ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ"‪.‬‬ ‫— ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫● ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫— ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺟﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫— ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻟﻺﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫— ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﻊ‬
‫— ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥١‬‬
 ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺠﻴﻢ )‪(SVG‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ )‪ (SWF‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺗﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺻﻮﺭ ‪ SVG‬ﺑﻤﻈﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .5‬ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.0‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬

‫ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ٩٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،3‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪ ٤٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 7‬ﺃﻭ ‪.9‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫*‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٢‬‬
 ‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬

‫● ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ )‪ (WEP‬ﺑﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ١٢٨‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬ﻭﻃﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ‪ .802.1x‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ ،(WLAN‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ WLAN‬ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ ،(WLAN‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ .(WLAN‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻً ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳُﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪ .(WLAN‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (WLAN‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫● ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪IEEE 802.11b/g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫● ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ٢.٤‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪٥٣‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
 ‫)‪ (WLAN‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪WLAN‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻞ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (LAN)، (WLAN‬ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪,‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺳﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ ،(WLAN‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫● ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ .(WLAN‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫● ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ — WLAN‬ﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪WLAN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺪﺓ )‪ (MAC‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫● ﺑﺪء ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ — ﻟﺒﺪء ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ MAC‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ‪*#62209526#‬‬
‫● ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ — ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.MAC‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ — WLAN‬ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.WLAN‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬ ‫)‪(WLAN‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫)‪ ،(WLAN‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ <‬
‫ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬ ‫‪٥٤‬‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ )ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬

‫‪Bluetooth‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻮﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬‬ ‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻐﻠﻖ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ‪ ١٠‬ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ )‪ ٣٣‬ﻗﺪﻣًﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٥‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴًﺎ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
 ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪Bluetooth‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪.Bluetooth‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ ﻓﺮﻳﺪًﺍ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪Bluetooth‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ < Bluetooth‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪ Bluetooth 2.0 + EDR‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻲ < ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻜﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ Dial-Up Networking (DUN) :‬ﻭ ‪Object Push‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ‪ ,‬ﻓﺴﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫)‪ Profile (OPP‬ﻭ)‪ Hands Free Profile (HFP‬ﻭ‪Basic Imaging Profile‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺋﻴًﺎ ﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬
‫)‪ (BIP‬ﻭ)‪ Remote SIM Access Profile (SimAP‬ﻭ‪Device‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻪ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫)‪Identification Profile (DI‬ﻭ)‪Phonebook Access Profile (PBAP‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻭ)‪ Generic Audio/Video Distribution Profile (GAVDP‬ﻭ‪Audio/‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ Video Remote Control Profile (AVRCP‬ﻭ‪Advanced Audio‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ < ﺑـ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬ ‫)‪ .Distribution Profile (A2DP‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻨﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﻭﺳﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ Nokia‬ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥٦‬‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪ .٦‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﺎﺟﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ‬
‫)ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٦‬ﺭﻗﻤًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤًﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺎﺭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ "ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ" ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻭﺃﺳﻬﻞ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ‬
‫‪ < Bluetooth‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻲ < ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻜﻞ ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﺭﻗﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ SIM‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪) File Transfer Profile Client‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
 ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ‬

‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻘﻢ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻗﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤًﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻻ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﻈﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻢ ﻣﻨﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺴﺤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻼً ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻭﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛـ‬
‫"ﻣﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ"‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻋﻼﻣﻚ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﻀﻚ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﺨﺺ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼًﺎ ﺗﺜﻖ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻈﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛـ "ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺮﺡ ﻟﻪ"‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٨‬‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ ،USB‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪< Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻲ < ﻣﺨﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻭﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪ USB‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ USB‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﺃﻭ ‪Nokia‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ ،Nseries PC Suite‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺩﻋﻢ ‪ Apple Macintosh‬ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳُﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،Apple Macintosh‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪.www.nseries.com/mac‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ (Microsoft Windows‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪.PC Suite‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜِّﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،Nokia‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﻀﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻓﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ‪ -‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ‪ -‬ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻸﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ؛ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻌﺒﻲ )‪ (HTML‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ <‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ < ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ < ﻧﺺ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺧﺼﻴﺼًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬

‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ < ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻌﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻌﺔ )‪ (XHTML‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪.(WML‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣُﻬَﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬

‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ < ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻌﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ )ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪٠‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺐ )ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ < ﺣﻈﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦١‬‬
 ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ)ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ( — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬ ‫●‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ "ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ" ﻭ"ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ" ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ "ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ"‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ <‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ < ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺘﺢ "ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ" ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺼﻐﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‪ .‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ"‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺜﻮﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ "ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ" ﻭﺗﺘﺮﻛﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮًﺍ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬ ‫●‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺼﻐﺮ — ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺼﻐﺮ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫●‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ "ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ"‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ — ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫●‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺼﻐﺮ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫●‬
‫ﺟﺰء‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬ ‫‪Widgets‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ widgets. widgets‬ﻫﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ‪ widgets‬ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻛﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ "ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ widgets‬ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ‬
‫‪ Ovi‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪.store.ovi.com‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟـ ‪ widgets‬ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪ widgets‬ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ widgets‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﺑﻄًﺎ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ XML‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭ‪ wiki‬ﺃﻣﺮًﺍ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺋﻌًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﺎﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ < ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬

 ‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺺ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ < ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ < ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍً‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬

‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬

‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﺮﻭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺠﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺫﻫﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺍﺗﻚ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ < ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ < ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻛﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫( ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ )‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻔﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ )ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ( ﺁﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫● ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫● ﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ — ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫● ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ‬
‫● ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ — ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫● ﻧﺺ ‪ Java‬ﺃﻭ ‪ — ECMA‬ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ "‪) "Expired certificate‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ( ﺃﻭ ‪"Certificate not valid‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫"‪) yet‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ‬
‫● ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺜﻖ ﺑﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻓﻌﻼً ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬ ‫● ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ — ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻃﺒﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫● ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ — ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻈﺮ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺁﻟﻴﺎً — ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ — ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ‬
‫● ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍً — ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ — ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ — ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫● ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٦٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻗﺪ‬

‫ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪FM‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪ FM‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫● ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ — ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪ FM‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ — ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ‬
‫‪.FM‬‬
‫● ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫● ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ — ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﻔﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ — ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ — ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪ FM‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪.FM‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫‪٦٧‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻭﻻً ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪ ،Ovi‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪.Ovi‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪ Ovi‬ﻭﺷﻜﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﺤﺪﺩًﺍ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫‪ ،Ovi‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪ — Ovi‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪ Ovi‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪) Nokia‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪.FM‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ <‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ <‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪FM‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪.FM‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺿﻌﻴﻔًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪Ovi‬‬
‫‪٦٨‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُﺒﺚ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪.Nokia‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ؛‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺑﺤﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫● ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺖ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ — GPRS‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪GPRS‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺛﻢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫● ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺖ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ — 3G‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪3G‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫● ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺖ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ — Wi-Fi‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ‪ Nokia‬ﺑﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪Nokia Podcasting‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺚ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪) Nokia Podcasting‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺍﺟًﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫● ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ ،Nokia Podcasting‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ <‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ‪.Podcasting‬‬

‫● ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ ،Nokia Podcasting‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .WLAN‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪.Nokia Podcasting‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ Nokia Podcasting‬ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫● ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ )‪ — (%‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫● ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺠﻠﺐ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‬
‫● ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫● ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻟﺘُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ < ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫● ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﻲ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧١‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻓﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻓﻆ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ‬
‫)ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻓﻆ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺷﻬﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻲ ‪< Podcasting‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ <‬
‫‪ ،Podcasting‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﺩﺓً ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻛﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺟﺪﻳﺪ < ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ URL‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻟﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺑﺤﺚ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺤﺚ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﻴﺰ )‪ ،(OPML‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ OPML‬ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ .OPML‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ OPML‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻓﻆ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ‪Podcasting‬‬
‫‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻓﻆ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٧٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ URL‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃُﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ URL‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ .opml‬ﻛﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪/‬ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٣‬‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻓﻆ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻛﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪< Podcasting‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﺓ )ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺟﺰء‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،Podcast‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺘﺢ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻯ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ AAC‬ﻭ‪ AAC+‬ﻭ‬
‫؛ ﻭﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻪ‪ ,‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ eAAC+‬ﻭ‪ MP3‬ﻭ‪ .WMA‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ؛ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ؛ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﻫﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ‪ RSS‬ﺃﻭ ‪ATOM‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ,‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ,‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫‪ .‬ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪء‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫( ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ )‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫( ﺃﻭ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫( ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ )‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ )‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٧٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧِﻞ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻏﺎﻥٍ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ; ﺃﻭ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ؛ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﻨﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻓﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‪ .‬ﻹﺧﻔﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺋﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ؛ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﻐﻞ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ؛ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻏﺎﻥٍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪ ,‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻏﺎﻥٍ ﻭﺃﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻨﺎﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻭﻣﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﺮﻭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮًﺍ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ < ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻹﺩﺍﺭﺍﺗﻬﺎ؛ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ؛ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺇﺳﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ؛ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

 ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴًﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ"ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ"‪ ،‬ﺻـ‪.٩٤‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪:‬‬
‫● ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣُﺨﺰﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ‪ Nokia‬ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ .Bluetooth‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ ،USB‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،Windows Media Player‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ <‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪ USB‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ‪.Podcasting‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﺤﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻧﺴﺦ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ‪ Nokia‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ"ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬ﺻـ‪.٩٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ < ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٧٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ FM‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻛﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪FM‬‬
‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪FM‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪FM‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪FM‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ FM‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ < ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ FM‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪FM‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺴﺎ ﻭﺑﻠﺠﻴﻜﺎ ﻭﺑﻠﻐﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻧﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺇﺳﺘﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻓﻨﻠﻨﺪﺍ ﻭﺃﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺃﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪﺍ ﻭﺃﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪﺍ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺸﺘﻨﺸﺘﺎﻳﻦ ﻭﻟﻮﻛﺴﻤﺒﻮﺭﺝ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻄﺎ ﻭﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺗﻐﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺳﻮﻳﺴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺎ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ "ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ"‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪.FM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪.www.nokia.com/fmtransmitter‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ،FM‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪< FM‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ،FM‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺗﺮﺩﺩًﺍ ﺧﺎﻝٍ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪ FM‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ١٠٧.٨‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﻭﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ FM‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ FM‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪١٠٧.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ‪٨٨.١‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ١٠٧.٩‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﻟﻴﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺼﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ FM‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﺮﻭﺝ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ ٦.٥‬ﻗﺪﻡ(‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ FM‬ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪ FM‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ‪ FM‬ﺧﺎﻝٍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒِﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪.FM‬‬
‫‪٧٧‬‬
 ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪FM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ < ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪.FM‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ،FM‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ < FM‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧٨‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪(GPS‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ GPS‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻼﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ GPS‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪(A-GPS‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪(A-‬‬
‫)‪.GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪ (A-GPS‬ﺩﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪ (A-GPS‬ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ‬
‫‪٧٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪(GPS‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.GPS‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ )‪(GPS‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪ .WGS-84‬ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ )‪ (GPS‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻸﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﻌﻒ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﻨﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪A-‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪(GPS‬‬

‫‪ ،GPS‬ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪ GPS‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ GPS‬ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ‪ A-GPS‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ‪ Nokia‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻢ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫‪ GPS‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﺘًﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﺃﻃﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ ،A-GPS‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ <‬
‫‪ GPS‬ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،GPS‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ < ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﺯ < ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ GPS‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪GPS‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺜﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ‪ Nokia‬ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪ A-GPS‬ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫● ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (WLAN‬ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ‬
‫● ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫● ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪GPS‬‬

‫● ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﺳﻴﺌًﺎ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٠‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪(GPS‬‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫● ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻃﻠﺒًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺜﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﺾ ﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.GPS‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ‪.WGS-84‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ — ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻃﻠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪٨١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ‬ ‫● ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ — ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪(GPS‬‬

‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﺜﻼً(‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺔ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ — ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺪﺃﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﻤﺮﺍء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻗﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺨﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.GPS‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﺔ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪﻙ ﺑﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺭﺣﻠﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻔﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻤًﺎ ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ‪ GPS‬ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺮﺣﻠﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ‪WGS-84‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،GPS‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻴًﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء‬
‫‪٨٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ )‪(GPS‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺩﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻤﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ GPS‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻼﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ GPS‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺪء ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ GPS‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﺯﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪء ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺪء‪.‬‬

‫‪٨٣‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ‪ .Nokia‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻤﻔﺮﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ GPS‬ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻫﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪ GPS‬ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻤﺮﺍء ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﺒًﺎ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ" ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻚ ﻭﻳﺮﺷﺪﻙ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻋﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺑﺨﻄﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪."Ovi‬‬
‫● ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٨٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ — ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻫﺠﺎء‬ ‫‪.0‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ * ﺃﻭ ‪.#‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻧﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻧﺸﻂ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮَﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻴُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﺔ < ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮَﺣﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫‪٨٥‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻨﻘﻠﻚ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ — ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻴُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﺔ < ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻨﻘﻠﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣُﺨﻄِﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣُﺨﻄِﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ * ﺃﻭ ‪.#‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.٠‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺰﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻕ ﻣﺜﻼً‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 2‬ﺃﻭ ‪.8‬‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .6‬ﻭﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ — ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.5‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺮ < ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ < ﺷﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﻴﺪًﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﺮ — ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ < ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ <‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.6‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻣُﺤﺴﻦ — ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.7‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ < ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ < ﻣُﺤﺴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.8‬‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺮﻉ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.9‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﱠﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪٨٧‬‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬
 ‫‪ — ٤‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.3‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.4‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.5‬‬

‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.6‬‬

‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.7‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.8‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.9‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬

‫‪ — ١‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫‪ — ٢‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻭﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫‪ — ٣‬ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ — ٤‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ(‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫‪ — ١‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ — ٢‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.5‬‬ ‫‪٨٨‬‬
‫‪ — ٣‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ )ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺳﻜﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺤﻒ ﻣﺜﻼً(‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ — ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺪ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ Nokia‬ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫‪.Facebook‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ — ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺳﺠِّﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻛﻤﺜﻠﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﻄﻮﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺳﺠِّﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ Facebook‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻭﺭ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻹﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٩‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ — ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ Facebook‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ — ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﻣﻼﺣﺔ < ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ < ‪.Facebook‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺈﺭﺷﺎﺩﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ — ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﻣﻼﺣﺔ < ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ Facebook‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ < ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .Facebook‬ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ Facebook‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﻌﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ — ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ —‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻚ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ Nokia Map Loader‬ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪ ،www.nokia.com/maps‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻼﺕ؛ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺭﻉ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻝٍ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ ،Nokia Map Loader‬ﺑﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ" ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٩٠‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Nokia Map Loader‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ .Bluetooth‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ‪ PC Suite‬ﻛﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﻔﻆ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ Nokia Map Loader‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻼﺕ < ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘُﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺑﻠﺪًﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩١‬‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ‪Nokia‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪ "Ovi‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪ ،"Ovi‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫‪.www.ovi.com‬‬
‫‪.www.ovi.com‬‬

‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎء‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎء —‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ "ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪ ،"Ovi‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪ .Nokia‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،1‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ < ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪< Nokia‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ — ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ — ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣُﻔﺼﱠﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ < ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ .Ovi‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﻤﻠﻚ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ،Nokia‬ﻓﺴﻴُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺮﺓ ﻣﺜﻼً‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ < ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﻭﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻧﺸﻂ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ — ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫‪٩٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ )‪(UPnP‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﻣُﺼﺪﱠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ )‪.(DLNA‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪ (WLAN‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﱠﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (UPnP‬ﻣﻤﻜﱠﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎءﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒِِﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻲ ﻣُﺼﺪﱠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،DLNA‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓً‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ )‪ (UPnP‬ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ DLNA‬ﺍﻟﻤُﺼﺪﱠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺘﻚ‬
‫‪٩٣‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
 ‫ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺩﻭﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫‪ UPnP‬ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤُﺼﺪﱠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ DLNA‬ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬ ‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ ،(WLAN‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻻﺣﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻭﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻮﺧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫● ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ — ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪ Nokia‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪٩٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ )‪(UPnP‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ؛ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ؛ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫"ﺍﻷﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ"‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﻒ‬ ‫● ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ .‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬ ‫● ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ )ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼً(‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ‪ UPnP‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯًﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻞ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩٥‬‬
 ‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺤﺚ‪ .‬ﻟﻔﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻓﺮﺯ ﺣﺴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻮﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ )ﻣﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺳﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ" ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ‪ .UPnP‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻧﻀﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺈﺧﻄﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ،UPnP‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻔًﺎ ﻓﻲ ‪ Photos‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭﻧﺴﺦ < ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻚ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٦‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪Nokia‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪) Nokia‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺗﺪﻓﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .WLAN‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺪﻓﻴﻖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺠﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺃﻭﻻً‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﺗﻈﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻴًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻔﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻴﻖ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻗﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪،‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﻟﻮﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫‪ .RSS‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻛﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ — ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺔ — ﻟﻼﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ — ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻧﻘﻞ — ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﺑﻄًﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﱠﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ — ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻓﺎﺷﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ — ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ — ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻋﻤﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ — ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻳﻮﻣﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ ﻣﺠﺪﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﻛﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٨‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪Nokia‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.USB‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻛﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ — ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻓﺎﺷﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻢ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪\:E‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫● ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ — ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪\:F‬ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫● ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺑﺤﺚ — ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫● ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ — ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬
‫● ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻓﺮﺯ ﺣﺴﺐ — ﻟﻔﺮﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫● ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭﻧﺴﺦ — ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﺴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫● ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ GPRS‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪Nokia‬‬

‫‪.GPRS‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻵﺑﺎء — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺣﺪ ﻋﻤﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺮﻣﺰ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ‪ .12345‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﻼء ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺍﺕ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻮﺩﺍﺕ — ﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ — ﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ .Bluetooth‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ — ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ — ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺳﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﺺ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺺ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻀﻐﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﻣﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫●‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫●‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩًﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫●‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫●‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺘﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ "ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ — ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ ,‬ﻋﺪﺍ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫●‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺗﻲ — ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫●‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ — ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻙ‬ ‫●‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻙ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻙ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺠﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ * ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﺺ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﺺ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ? ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﺠﺎء ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ‬
‫)ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ٣٢‬ﺣﺮﻓًﺎ( ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (9–1‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﻼء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ؛ ﻭﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻹﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 0‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‬ ‫ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .0‬ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.0‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.#‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ؛ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .C‬ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‪ #‬ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.C‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ .١‬ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ‪ -‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ١‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪ .9-2‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ‪ ,‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ,١‬ﺛﻢ * ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪١٠٢‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ *‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 0‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪ ,‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ٥‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻈﻠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﺺ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭًﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻧﺼًﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻻﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻻﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺤﺪﺩًﺍ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻟﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻻﺗﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ .(MMS‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤُﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺑﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ 6‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ )‪.(MMS‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻧﺺ ﻭﻟﺼﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،#‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ .‬ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،#‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﺴﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،#‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻟﺼﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩًﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.#‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪#‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ‪.#‬‬
‫‪١٠٣‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‬
 ‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻮﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳُﺤ ّ‬
‫ﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻃﺔ )؛( ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ —‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ *‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ "ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ"‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺮﻭءﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺮﻭءﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﻭءﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫‪،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ "ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ"‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤُﺪﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ(‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺜﻼً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭًﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺣﺪﻳﺚ"‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭًﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺟﻠﺐ‪.‬‬
‫(‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ )‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺻﻮﺗًﺎ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻭﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤُﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٥‬‬
 ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻧﺺ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ )‪ ،(To‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻙ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،Nokia‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪Microsoft‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫‪ ،Outlook‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ ،Mail for Exchange‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،Intellisync‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ; ﻟﻠﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺑﻮﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (Cc‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﺨﻔﻴﺔ )‪ (Bcc‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﺨﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﺨﻔﻴﺔ )‪ (Bcc‬ﻣﺮﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑًﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺘﻚ ﻣﺰﻳﺪًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫● ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺬﱠﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫● ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ — ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫● ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ — ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻧﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻼء ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٠٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ — ﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫● ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪ — :‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ < ﻓﺘﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪،‬‬

‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﻔﻆ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ < ﻓﺘﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭًﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫● ﻗﺒﻮﻝ — ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺭﺩ‬
‫‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫● ﺭﻓﺾ — ﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫● ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ — ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ‬

‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺘﻮِ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺤﺚ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ — ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻣُﻠﻐﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﺼﻮﺻﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻂٍ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫● ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ — ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫● ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ — ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﻃﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٠٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ — ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻠﻚ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫● ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻛـ — ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻗﺎﺩﺭًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻞ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠٩‬‬
‫● ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ‪ — HTML‬ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ‪ HTML‬ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SIM‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،SIM‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪/‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﺴﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻬﻴﺄ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﻠﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻸ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨﺠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎً ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ — ﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ — ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫● ﺭﻓﺾ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ — ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺩﻋﻤًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﺍءﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺭﺩ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪ — MMS‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ‪,‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﻋﻼﻣﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻈﻮﺭ‪ ,‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﻨﻌﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻚ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺁﻟﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭًﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺠﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎً‪ ,‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻂ ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪١١٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫● ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻓﺎﺭﻏًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )‪.(IAP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺤﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻩ‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻢ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ ﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺴﻨﻪ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﺎ‪ POP3 :‬ﻭ‪ .IMAP4‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻟـ )ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ POP3‬ﻣﻊ( ‪ — APOP‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ <‬
‫ﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ "ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ" ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ" ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ‪ POP3‬ﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ < ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫● ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻙ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺯﻭﱠﺩﻙ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ < ﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١١‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
 ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﻭﺑﺪء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺠﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ < ﺁﻟﻴﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻤﻲ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻤﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻛﻲ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫)ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺢ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ‪ ,‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١٣‬‬
 ‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ,‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻨًﺎ ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺭﻗﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.C‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ * ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻣﺖ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪) +‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ )ﺍﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪MMS‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ UMTS‬ﻓﻘﻂ(ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪).‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺳﻼﺳﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ‪) ،DTMF‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪ .DTMF‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ‪ DTMF‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﻟﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻲ "ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء"‪ .‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ )‪ (w‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ ,(p‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ * ﺑﺸﻜﻞٍ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪ .‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ‪ DTMF‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ DTMF‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١٤‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻭﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻼ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،١‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ١‬ﺛﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ( ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ < ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺸﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫‪١١٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ < ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ ﻛﺤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ < ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،(9‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﻃﻠﺐ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺯ ﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺒﺪء ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺺ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺭﻓﺾ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻹﺑﻼﻏﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ < ﺭﻓﺾ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺿﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ < ﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١٦‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻄﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺼﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‪ .‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻭﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺑﺼﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻤﺎء ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻚ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪USIM‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .UMTS‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫‪١١٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ < ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺘﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﱠﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺼﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺻﺎﺧﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ؛ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬

‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﻓﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ‪.ISDN‬‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗًﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻤًﺎ ﺑﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‬

‫ﺃﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻻ‬

‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻘﻠﻪ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﻓﻀﺖ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ < ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻧﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻓﻀﺖ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ‪.BT‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺑﺪء‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺟﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﺠﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ( ﻓﺴﺘﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١١٨‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ( ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﻧﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ .UMTS‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ UMTS‬ﻭﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﱡﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ UMTS‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ UMTS‬ﻧﺸﻂ ﻭﺃﻧﻚ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ .UMTS‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻚ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫‪١١٩‬‬ ‫‪ UMTS‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻟﻘﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ < ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻼﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ؟ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺤﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ < ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪.UMTS‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ SIP‬ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪username@domainname‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫)ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ UMTS‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ SIP‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺘﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪UMTS‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ UMTS‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ <‬
‫● ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪.UMTS‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫● ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ‪UMTS‬‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.UMTS‬‬
‫ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺸﻜﻞٍ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳُﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ )‪ .(SIP‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ SIP‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ ،SIP‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺋﻚ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ SIP‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻳُﺸﻌﺮﻙ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻳُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﺨﺒﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻅ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ SIP‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ SIP‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻼً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.SIP‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ SIP‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴُﺼﺪﺭ ﺭﻧﻴﻨًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻋﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪًﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،UMTS‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻼﻣﻚ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﻧﻌﻢ — ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ )ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ )ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻛﺘﻤﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬

‫● ﻻ — ﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻚ‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﺆﻗﺘًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻓﻀﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ )ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻛﺘﻢ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪١٢١‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺃﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺂﺧﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ,‬ﻭﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻚ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺣﺰﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء — ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫● ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ — ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺴﺢ — ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢٢‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰء‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻙ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻳُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺼﻘﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬

‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ < ﻧﺴﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺮﺷﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺷﺤًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢٣‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )‪ (VoIP‬ﻭﻫﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﺜﻼً‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻻ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ #‬ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﺛﻮﺍﻥِ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺼﻮﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺘﺼﻼً‬
‫ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫● ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻈﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻈﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻈﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ,‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻈﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻈﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻈﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺣﻈﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ,‬ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫‪١٢٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء )ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ(‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء )ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ(‬

‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ‪،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻭﺍﻣﻸ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴًﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.C‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﻗﻤًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧًﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﻂ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪/‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ C‬ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء )ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ(‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻧﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻧﺺ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺺ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺴﺄﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻓﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﱠﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪SIM‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺺ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ SIM‬ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ‪SIM‬‬ ‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ <‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ < ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ .SIM‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢٧‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ — SIM‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﻢ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء )ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ .SIM‬ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،SIM‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ‬
‫● ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء — ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﺴﺦ < ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪ < SIM‬ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪SIM‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ )ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬

‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻋﻀﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN2‬ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪.PIN2‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪,‬‬
‫● ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ — ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ — ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﻋﻀﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٢٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء )ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ(‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ < ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺽ‪ .‬ﺻﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫"‪ "Space‬ﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﱠﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻳﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻛﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﻋﺎﻡ <‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ( ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪١٣٠‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻳﺐ ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻠﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﻧﻄﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩًﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ‪ < 3-D‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ <‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣١‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ "‪."Nokia‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺒﺼﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﱠﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺣﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺑﺼﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﱠﻌﺔ ﻛﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ <‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ <‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬ﻟﻐﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .C‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ — ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺻﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﺑﻠﺮ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺗُﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻧﻴﻨًﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻧﻴﻨًﺎ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﺘﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ < ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ <‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ < ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪١٣٢‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺓ ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.V‬‬

‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٣٣‬‬
 ‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻨﺒﻬﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻬﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬

‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻏﻔﻮﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻐﻠﻘًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ ﺻﻮﺗًﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻔﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﻣﺪﺓ ﻏﻔﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ < ﺗﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﻨﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣٤‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺻﻔًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺻﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪ .(9-0‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ "ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ"‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺻﻮﺗًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻔﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻏﻔﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺻﻮﺗًﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻔﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ <‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﻏﻔﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺴﺢ ﻗﻴﺪ < ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.#‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻗﻴﺪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻗﻴﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ — ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ — ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺳﻨﻮﻱ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﺑﺄﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ )ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ(‬
‫● ﻣﻬﻤﺔ — ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺬﻛﻴﺮ ﺑﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﺩﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪.٢‬‬
‫)‪ ،(UTC‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٣٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.#‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ — ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫● ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ — ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ — ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺤﺚ‪ .‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
 ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ‪Quickoffice‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ‪.Quickoffice‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ Quickoffice‬ﻣﻦ ‪ Quickword‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ،Microsoft Word‬ﻭ‪ Quicksheet‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻋﻤﻞ ‪Microsoft‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ ،Excel‬ﻭ‪ Quickpoint‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ‪Microsoft PowerPoint‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ Quickmanager‬ﻟﺸﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ‪ Microsoft Office 2000‬ﻭ‪ XP‬ﻭ‪ 2003‬ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ(‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫)‪PPT‬ﻭ ‪XLS‬ﻭ ‪ DOC‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ .Quickoffice‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫‪ Nokia Nseries PC Suite‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ ،Quickoffice‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (DRM‬ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ‪ DRM‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺩﺍءً ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ < ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪.١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺓً ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻨًﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٣٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ .٤‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ < ﺣﻔﻆ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻟﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ < ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪) Zip manager‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ(‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ‪.Zip‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺭﺷﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ ،ZIP‬ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺷﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺷﻴﻒ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺷﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .C‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ =‪.‬‬

‫‪١٣٩‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ PDF‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺷﻴﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻣﻠﻒ(‬
‫)‪ ،TXT‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺘﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬

‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺪء ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪Adobe Reader‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ < ‪.Adobe PDF‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،Adobe Reader‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ PDF‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪١٤٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬

‫● ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‪/‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪RealPlayer‬‬
‫● ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ — ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪RealPlayer‬؛ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺪﻓﻴﻖ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ — ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺪﻓﻘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ RealPlayer‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ؛ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ ،RealPlayer‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ‪ RTSP‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪,‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﻐِّﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ RealPlayer‬ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ RAM‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ‪ HTTP‬ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ‪.RealPlayer‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ‪.RealPlayer‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﻴﺮ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻌًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺭﺍﺑﻄًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ — ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪RealPlayer‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻟﻀﺒﻄﻪ ﻛﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤١‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ‪.RealPlayer‬‬
 ‫● ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Symbian‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ RealPlayer‬ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .sis‬ﺃﻭ ‪.sisx‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﺧﺼﻴﺼًﺎ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .Nokia N86 8MP‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻤﻲ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.N86-1 :‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ <‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ .Bluetooth‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Nokia Application Installer‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪ .sis‬ﺃﻭ ‪..sisx‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ™‪Java‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ < ﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‬ ‫● ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ J2ME‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Java‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫‪١٤٢‬‬
‫‪ .jad‬ﺃﻭ ‪.jar‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ < ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ‪ JAR‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ .Java‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘًﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ )‪ .sis‬ﻭ‪ (.sisx‬ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻨﻌﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫‪١٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ Symbian Signed‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺟﺘﺎﺯﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪Java‬‬
‫™‪.Verified‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻣُﻮَﺭِّﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣُﺼﻨِّﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ < :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ < :‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻷﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ,‬ﻭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ ،JAR‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣُﻮَﺭِّﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻣُﺼَﻨّﻌَﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻵﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻻً ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
 ‫● ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ — ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪ .sis‬ﻣﻠﺤﻘًﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪ Java‬ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺠﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺤﺎﺩﺛﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻃﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ ‪.GPRS‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺤﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻦ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬ ‫● ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪Symbian‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﻓﺤﺺ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ — ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪١٤٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫● ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ — ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ — ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋًﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋًﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ ،WMDRM 10‬ﻭ ‪ OMA DRM 1.0‬ﻭ‪OMA‬‬
‫‪ .DRM 2.0‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫‪١٤٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ < ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ — ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺄﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺸﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺼًﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪ OMA DRM‬ﻣﺤﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪ WMDRM‬ﻣﺤﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻞٍّ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺮﺓً ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ — ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ — ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ؛‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺤﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪١٤٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻮء — ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ﻭﻳﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮء ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﺧﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺪﺓ ﻣﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ — ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺗﺮﺣﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ"‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﻃﻔﺎء‬
‫ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫● ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ — ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ "ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
 ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ — ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺭﺩ ﺁﻟﻲ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ ٥‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥٍ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ‪ ,‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻷﺿﻮﺍء — ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻞ ﺍﻷﺿﻮﺍء ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪ Nokia‬ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭًﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﺎﺭًﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ — ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻼً‪ .‬ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ — ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﺺ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ — ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٤٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫● ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﺕ — ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻔﻮﺓ‬
‫● ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ — ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭ‪SIM‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ <‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،SIM‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﻃﻠﺐ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ — PIN‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ‬
‫● ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻘﺔ — ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ SIM‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪.PIN‬‬
‫● ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﻘﺔ — ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫● ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN2‬ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ — ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪PIN‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN2‬ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫● ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ — ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻘﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٩‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ ،PIN2‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ‪ Nokia Care‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤٩‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺑﻨﻚ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﺪ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ‬
‫● ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ — SIM‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪) SIM‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ "‪) "Expired certificate‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ( ﺃﻭ ‪"Certificate not valid‬‬
‫"‪) yet‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻭﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ — ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻔﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻗﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ — SIM‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗُﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ — ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻚ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ <‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻬﺎ — ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣُﻔﺼﱠﻠﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫● ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻴﺔ — ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﺪ — ﻟﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬ ‫● ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ — ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻤُﺼﺪِﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺜﻖ ﺑﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻓﻌﻼً ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﺘًﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻮﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ < ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫● ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪ :Symbian‬ﻧﻌﻢ — ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.Symbian‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫● ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ — ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫● ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ — ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫‪١٥١‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪.™Java‬‬
 ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫● ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﻮﻳﺘﻲ — ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)ﻧﻌﻢ( ﺃﻭ ﻹﺧﻔﺎﺋﻪ ﻣﻦ )ﻻ(‪ ،‬ﻛﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ — ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ — ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫)ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ — ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺇﺟﺮﺍءﻙ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ — ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻚ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭًﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳُﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ — ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﺯ — ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪ (A-GPS‬ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫● ‪ — Bluetooth GPS‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ GPS‬ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ GPS‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ,‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ < ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺪﺍﺛﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﻦ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛًﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪ ،٢‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫● ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ — ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪.PIN2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺸﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥٣‬‬
‫● ﺭﻓﺾ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ — ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻹﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ — ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻧﺼًﺎ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻓﺾ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ — ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻻً‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻌﺎﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻟﻴﺎً — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻃﻠﺐ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ )‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ (٩‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ" ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ "‪ ،‬ﺻـ‪.١١٦‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺍ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪/‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ — ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪,‬ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ < ﺣﻈﺮ‬
‫● ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ GSM‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ UMTS‬ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ( ﺑﺘﻘﻴﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﺍﺟﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻄﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫● ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ )ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ(‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫)ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺤﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺗﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫● ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ — ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻴُﺤﺪﺙ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺧﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ )‪ (MCN‬ﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺘﻲ ‪ GSM‬ﻭ‪.UMTS‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ GSM‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫‪١٥٤‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ UMTS‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(؛‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ‪ GPRS‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ GSM.‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ GSM‬ﻭ‪ ،UMTS‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،UMTS‬ﺗﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ )‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫(‪ ,‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN.‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺸﻄًﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ WLAN‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪.WLAN‬‬ ‫● ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪ MMS‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫● ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )‪ (IAP‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪١٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ <‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ < ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ < ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ < ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ <‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ < ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻙ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ — ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﺓً ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻃﻠﺐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ — ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻤًﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻸ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ * ﺣﻤﺮﺍء‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻠﻖ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.SIM‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪LAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻭﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫‪١٥٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻋﻄﺎء ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫● ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ <‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ < ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺑـ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ — WLAN‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺁﻟﻴﺎً ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ — WLAN‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤًﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ .(WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪.(WLAN‬‬
‫● ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ — WLAN‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ‪ ،WEP :‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪) ٨٠٢.١x‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ‪.WPA/WPA2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ‬
‫‪١٥٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ — ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓً ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ — ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻲ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺁﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ )ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ‪ ٤‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ IP‬ﻟـ( — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪IP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ — DNS‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ IP‬ﻟﻤﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪DNS‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺣﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ — ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎً ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩًﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺑﺪء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺸﻂ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻼﻣﻪ( ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘًﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍءً ﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﻮﺩﻡ ﻟﺤﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺤﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ — ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪HSDPA‬‬
‫)ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪.UMTS‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ )ﻣﻦ ‪ ١١-١‬ﻗﻨﺎﺓ( ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‪.‬ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪LAN‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪ ،WEP‬ﻭ‪ ،802.1x‬ﻭ‪ WPA‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺁﻟﻴﺎً ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪.WLAN‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫● ﺿﺒﻂ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ‪ — 4‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻟﻘﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻮﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ DNS‬ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺿﺒﻂ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ‪ — 6‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.DNS‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ( — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫● ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫● ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ‪ — WLAN‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪.APN‬‬
‫● ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ — ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ‪WLAN‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣًﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻚ ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ )‪(SIP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ .PIN2‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺿﺒﻂ ‪.SIP‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ ‪ SIP‬ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ )‪ .(SIP‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ <‬
‫ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ )‪.(SIP‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥٩‬‬
 ‫● ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ — ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ "ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ"‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ — ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫● ﺳﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺒﺪء‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫● ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻴﺎً — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫● ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ‪ http‬ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ — ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻚ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ‪ .http‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻙ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ < ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫● ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻷﺛﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬ ‫● ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ — ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫● ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ — ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻄﻠَﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪١٦٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻛﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٦١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ,‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪. www.nseries.com/support‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻱ؟‬ ‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ‪ PIN‬ﺃﻭ ‪PUK‬؟‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ‪ .12345‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﻴﺎﻧﻚ ﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺧﻄﺄ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﻴﺎﻧﻚ ﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ PIN‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،PUK‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺃﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻱ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪GPS‬؟‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪GPS‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ )‪ (ISP‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ‪ GPS‬ﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ؟‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬؟‬ ‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻐﻠﻖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .C‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ C‬ﻻ ﻳﻐﻠﻖ ﻣُﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ .‬ﻟﻐﻠﻖ ﻣُﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻭﺃﻧﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎء‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺧﺮﻭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺪﻯ ‪ ١٠‬ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ )‪ ٣٣‬ﻗﺪﻣًﺎ( ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻋﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﺒﻘﻌﺔ؟‬

‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬؟‬ ‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪١٦٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪ WLAN‬ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ < ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺗﺤﻈﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪ < Bluetooth‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1900‬ﻭ‪ 49152‬ﻭ‪ 49153‬ﻭ‪ .49154‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪LAN‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ )‪.(UPnP‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻣُﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ )‪ .(SSID‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣُﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪ SSID‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤُﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪ ،SSID‬ﻭﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء‬ ‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬

‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬

‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪.Nokia‬‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻋﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞٍ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫)‪ (WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻱ ‪Nokia‬؟‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Nokia‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ؟‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ )ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪ (WLAN‬ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎءﺍﺕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ(‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪1900 :‬‬
‫‪١٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ 49152‬ﻭ‪ 49153‬ﻭ‪ .49154‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
 ‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺘﻲ؟‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﻼ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ‪ < WLAN‬ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ؟‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ WLAN‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺤﺚ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ WLAN‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ <‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ‪ WLAN‬ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ < ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎً ﻟﺠﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﻠﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪Nokia Ovi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭًﺍ‬ ‫‪ Suite‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Nokia Nseries PC Suite‬ﻟﻠﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪ .‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.Bluetooth‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﺮﺍءً ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ < ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ < ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ < ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ <‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌﺔ؟‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ < ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻔﻲ ﻹﺟﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻻً‪ .‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ؟‬
‫ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮًﺍ ﺗﻠﻮ‬
‫‪ Nokia Ovi Suite‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Nokia Nseries PC Suite‬ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺪءًﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١٦٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪Nokia Ovi‬‬
‫‪ Suite‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،Nokia Nseries PC Suite‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺩﻋﻢ ‪.Nokia‬‬
‫ﺱ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻤﻮﺩﻡ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ؟‬
‫ﺝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻛﻤﻮﺩﻡ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ )ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٦٥‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺧﻀﺮﺍء‬

‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺧﻀﺮﺍء‬
‫‪ ،www.nokia.com/werecycle‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪.www.nokia.mobi/werecycle‬‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺪء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ )ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﻣﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫● ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪.www.nokia.com/support‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺧﻔﺾ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ‬ ‫● ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪.www.nokia.com/ecodeclaration‬‬ ‫● ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪ Nokia‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦٦‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ‪ Nokia‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ ،E :‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،EB‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،X‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،AR‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،U‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،A‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،C‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،K‬ﺃﻭ ‪.UB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻳﻐﻬﺎ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺯﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Nokia‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﺼﻴﺼًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﺸﺮﺍء ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺒﻄﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Nokia‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮًﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺷﺤﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻛﻲ ﺗﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ )ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺸﺔ( ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻓﺼﻠﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺷﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻗﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﻲ ‪ .BL-5K‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺮﺡ ‪ Nokia‬ﻃُﺮﺯًﺍ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔً ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪١٦٧‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .AC-10 :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗُﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
 ‫ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻤﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺸﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﺷﺤﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﻤﺮﻭﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺩﺧﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻐﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ )‪ ٥٩‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ‪ ٧٧‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻠّﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﻰء ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻞ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﻠﺐ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﻔﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺻﻄﺤﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻔﺤﺼﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺐ )‪ (+‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ )‪(-‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺑﺪًﺍ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ‪) .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ (.‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻴﺒﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﻭﻣًﺎ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﺎﻇًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ؛ ﻗﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﻛﻼﺋﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻨًﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺸﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺤﻘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺜﻘﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻤﺰﻗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﺭﺗﺸﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﻼﻣﺲ ﺟﻠﺪﻙ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺸﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫‪١٦٨‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻨﺎء ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺣﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎء ﺑﻜﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺟﺎﻓًﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺠﻒ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻐﺒﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺬﻭِّﺏ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻠﻔﺎً ﺑﺄﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗُﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻬﺰﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺴﺮ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪١٦٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯ؛‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﺎﺑﻜﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑـ ‪ Nokia‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ Nokia‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ‪Nokia‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ (١) :‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ (٢) ،‬ﻧﻘﻄﺘﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪(٣) ،‬‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪ (٤) ،‬ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺿﻤﺎﻧًﺎ ﺗﺎﻣًﺎ ﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻙ ﻟﻼﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Nokia‬ﻃﻠﺒًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪ Nokia‬ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ؛ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪.www.nokia.com/battery‬‬
 ‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻙ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫● ﻻ ﺗُﻄْﻞِ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻄﻼء ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻨﻊ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‬ ‫● ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻼً ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﻚ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺮﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫● ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪.www.nokia.com/environment‬‬ ‫● ﻗﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﺍءٍ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲّ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﻣﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ‪ RF‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺰﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ١.٥‬ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٨/٥‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ( ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ‪ Nokia‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪www.nokia.com/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻨﻄﺔ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺰﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ ،werecycle‬ﺃﻭ ‪.www.nokia.mobi/werecycle‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٧٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫● ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﺩﻭﻣًﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ‪ ١٥٫٣‬ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ )‪ ٦‬ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ‬
‫● ﻻ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮًﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫● ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫● ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻠﺸﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻤﻐﻨﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺠﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ‪ .‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺋﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻤﻐﻨﻄﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫● ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤُﺼﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺤﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻲ ﻣﺰﺭﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤـﺎﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣُﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸًﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ RF‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺷﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ‪ RF‬ﺳﻠﺒًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪.RF‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒًﺎ ﺧﺎﻃﺌًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺒﻀﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻘﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﻐﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ‪ ١٥٫٣‬ﺳﻨﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮًﺍ )‪ ٦‬ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ( ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻣُﺼﻨﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺭﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺭﻭﻉ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪١٧١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﻧﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﺅﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭًﺍ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﻄﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻔﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣُﺼﻨﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻥ(‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻴﺪًﺍ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﺰﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺅﻩ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺮﺝ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻌـﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﺮًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ )ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﻯء ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻡ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺷﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺔً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺠﺮﺍﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻳُﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻀﺨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺩﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺠﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻛﺜﻴﺮًﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫● ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ SIM‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳُﻨﺼﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪١٧٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ‬ ‫● ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ‪Specific Absorption Rate‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ )‪ .(SAR‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟـ ‪ SAR‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒَﻞ‬ ‫● ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ICNIRP‬ﻫﻮ ‪ ٢٫٠‬ﻭﺍﻁ‪/‬ﻛﺠﻢ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﺸﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٠‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﻴﺞ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪SAR‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎء ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺼﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺒﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ SAR‬ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻤﻲ ﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎً‬ ‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻗﺮﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻃﻮﺍﺭﺉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟـ ‪ SAR‬ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ICNIRP‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﻫﻲ ‪ ٠٫٧٦‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪/‬ﻛﺠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻨﻪِ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻳُﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ SAR‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ SAR‬ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ )‪(SAR‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ‪ SAR‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺈﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ‪.www.nokia.com‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒَﻞ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ‪ICNIRP‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٧٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫‪١٠٢‬‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﺺ‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪١٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٣٢ Ovi‬‬ ‫‪٥٧ Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﺺ ‪١٠١‬‬
‫‪٥٦‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‬ ‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ‪٦٧‬‬
‫‪١٤٠ PDF reader‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪٥٦‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫‪٧١ podcasting‬‬
‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪٩٣ DLNA‬‬
‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫‪١٤١ RealPlayer‬‬
‫‪١٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪GPS‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺎء ‪٣١ Ovi‬‬
‫‪) SMS‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ( ‪١٠٣‬‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪٨١‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪) GPS‬ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪W‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ( ‪٧٩‬‬
‫‪٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫‪٦٣ widgets‬‬
‫‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪WLAN‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪٥٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﺮ‬ ‫‪) IM‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ( ‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪WLAN‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪٣٨‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬
‫‪٥٤‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪) MMS‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫‪٥٨‬‬ ‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺃ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ( ‪١٠٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ‪١٤٩‬‬ ‫‪١٧٤‬‬
‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪١٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ‬ ‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫‪١٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪٥٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪١٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٠٦‬‬ ‫‪١٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪٦١‬‬
‫‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪١٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪١٠٦‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺢ ‪١٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪١١١ ,١٠٨‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ‪١٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪١٥٨‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ‪١٠٨‬‬ ‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ‪١٢٧‬‬ ‫‪١٢٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪١٥٦‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ‪١٠٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ‪٧٤‬‬ ‫‪٦١‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ‪١٠٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪١١٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ‪١٥١‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ‪١٠٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ‪١٠٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪١٦٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪١٠٨‬‬ ‫‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ‪١٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ‪١٠٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪١١٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪١١٥‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ‪١١٧‬‬ ‫‪٥٦‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ‪١٢٢‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺪﻳﻮ ‪٥١‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫ﺷﺤﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪٨٧‬‬ ‫‪٥٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫‪١٤٧‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ‬ ‫‪٥٢‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺍﻝ ‪١٥٤‬‬ ‫‪٥١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٢٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ‪١٤٧ ,١٣٠‬‬ ‫‪٧٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪١٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ‪١٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٧٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻼﺕ‬ ‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬
‫‪١٧٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﺺ ‪١٠٢‬‬ ‫‪٧١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪١٢٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٨٥‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻘﻞ‬ ‫‪٩٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ‪Nokia Map Loader‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫‪١٠٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ‪٩١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١٤٢‬‬
‫‪١٠٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪٩١‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ‪١٣٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪١٠٩‬‬ ‫‪٨٥‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫‪٣٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪١٠٩ SIM‬‬ ‫‪٩٢‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ ‪١٣٤‬‬
‫‪١٣٤ ,١٣٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪٨٨‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ‪١٥٠‬‬
‫‪١٣٤‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫‪٩٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺔ ‪١٣٩‬‬
‫‪١٤٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫‪٨٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫‪١٠٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٨٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ‪١٤٥‬‬
‫‪٧٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٦٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫‪٩٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪١٥٠‬‬
‫‪٩٦‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪٦٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪(WLAN‬‬ ‫‪٢٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺍﺋﻂ ‪٨٤‬‬
‫‪٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪MAC‬‬ ‫‪٦٤‬‬ ‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺄﺓ‬ ‫‪٩٢‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪٨٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬ ‫‪٨٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٦٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫‪٨٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪١١٥‬‬ ‫‪٩٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫‪٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٤٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪١٠٩‬‬ ‫‪٩١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫‪٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻃﺮﻕ‬
‫‪٤٦‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬ ‫‪١٠١‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ ﻟـ‬ ‫‪٨٤‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫‪٤٦‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ‪١٠٤‬‬ ‫‪٩٢‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ‬
‫‪٤٦‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪١٠٣‬‬ ‫‪٩٠‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺋﻂ‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪٩١‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪١٠٣‬‬ ‫‪٩١‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬ ‫‪١٧٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪٤٢‬‬ ‫‪٦٨‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪FM‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫‪٤٤‬‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ‪١٤٧‬‬
‫‪٣٩‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‬ ‫‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫‪٧١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‬
‫‪٤١‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪١٥٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪١٥٩‬‬
‫‪٣٦‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ‪١٤٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ‪٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )‪١٥٧ (WLAN‬‬ ‫‪١٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ ‪٦١‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪١٥٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪١٥٩‬‬
‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫‪widgets‬‬ ‫‪٥٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪١١٠‬‬
‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪١٤٧‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪٦٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪١٥٤‬‬
‫‪٦٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪٦٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪٩٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٦٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪١٥٨‬‬
‫‪٦٢ ,٦١‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ‪١٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٦٢‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ ‪١١٩‬‬ ‫)‪١٥٨ (WLAN‬‬
‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪١٣٣‬‬ ‫‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ‪١٤٩‬‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫‪٤٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ ‪١٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫‪١٤٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺎﺕ ‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪١٥٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪١١٤‬‬ ‫‪٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ )‪١٥٩ (SIP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ‪١١٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪١٥١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪١١٦‬‬ ‫‪٣٨ ,٣٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪١٥٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ‪١٢٢‬‬ ‫‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪١٥٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪١٥٢‬‬ ‫‪٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪١٥٤‬‬
‫‪١٧٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪١٢٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ ‪٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ‪١٤٨‬‬
 ‫ﺝ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ‪١٢٢‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫ﺣﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪٧٧ FM‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫‪٧٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬ ‫‪٧١‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫‪١١٤‬‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫‪٧٧‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ )‪١٥٩ (SIP‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪١٢٢‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪SIM‬‬
‫ﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪١٠٩‬‬
‫‪١٢٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪١١٦‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪١٥٠‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ‪١٠١‬‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪١٤٩ SIM‬‬ ‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١٤٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ‪١٤٥‬‬ ‫‪١٣٤‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔ‬
‫‪٢١‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﻪ ‪١٣٤‬‬
‫‪٢١ ,٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺷﺔ )‪٣٢ (IM‬‬ ‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪١٤٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪٨١‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ‪١٠٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ‪١٣٠‬‬
‫‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪٥٩‬‬
‫‪٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬ ‫‪٤١‬‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎﺕ ‪١٣١‬‬
‫‪١١٠ ,١٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪١٤٧‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻧﻬﺎء ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪١١٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪١٠٥‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ‪١٣١‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١٤٢ Symbian‬‬
‫ﺩ‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ‪١٤٢‬‬
‫‪٥١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺩﻋﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١٤٢ J2ME Java‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ‪١٩‬‬
‫‪٧٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪١٣٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪١١٧‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ‪١٤٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ‪١٥٩‬‬
‫‪١٧٨‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ ‪١٣٥‬‬
‫ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪١٢٣‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ ‪١٥٧‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ‪١٧‬‬ ‫‪٦٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻢ ‪٤١‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ‪١٤٧‬‬ ‫ﺵ‬ ‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪١٤٧‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫ﺷﺤﻦ ‪USB‬‬ ‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪١٥٤‬‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪١٦‬‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻢ ‪١٧‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪٣٥‬‬ ‫‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ‪١٥٨‬‬
‫‪٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ‪,١٠٣‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء ‪١٤٧‬‬
‫‪٤٦‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪١١٠ ,١٠٥‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ‪١٤٩‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪١١٥‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪٤٤‬‬
‫ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﻐﻞ ‪١٤٨‬‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪١٥ pin‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪١٤٨‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪٢١ PIN‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ‪١٤٨‬‬ ‫ﺹ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪٢١ PIN2‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ‪١٣٤‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪١٠١‬‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪UPIN‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻮﻕ ‪١٥١‬‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪٢١‬‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ‪UPUK‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪١٥١‬‬
‫‪١٠٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪٢١‬‬
‫ﻁ‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪١٠٤‬‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ‪٢١ ,١٥‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ‪٢١ PUK‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪٢١‬‬
‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ‪ ،‬ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪٦٣‬‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪٦٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ‪١٠٧‬‬
‫‪١٣٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ‪٥٢‬‬
‫ﻉ‬ ‫‪٧٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪FM‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪٧٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪١٧٩‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ‪١٣٣‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪١٥٦‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١٤٢‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ‪٤٨‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫‪١١٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪١٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ‪١٣٣‬‬
‫‪٥١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪١٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺼﻐﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪٦٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪١٣٩‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪٩٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻕ‬
‫‪١١٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺩ‬ ‫‪٩٨‬‬ ‫ﺗﺪﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪١١٤‬‬
‫‪١١٥‬‬ ‫ﺭﻓﺾ‬ ‫‪٩٧‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪١٠٥‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪١٢٤‬‬ ‫‪٩٧‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪١٤٥‬‬
‫‪١٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍء‬ ‫‪٩٨‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫‪١٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ‬ ‫‪٩٩‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ‪١٣٥‬‬
‫ﺣﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎء ‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ‪١١٩‬‬
‫‪١١٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ‪١٢١‬‬ ‫ﻙ‬
‫‪١١٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ‪٥٩‬‬
‫‪١١٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪٣٨‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪١١٥‬‬
‫‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪٧٤‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ ‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻝ‬
‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪٧٦‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬ ‫‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪٥٤ WLAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ‪٧٩‬‬ ‫ﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٧٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺠﺮ ‪٣١ Ovi‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻋﻢ ‪١٩ Nokia‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ‪١٢٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺗﺮﺣﻴﺐ ‪١٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪١٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻭﻧﺎﺕ ‪٦٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪٣٢ Ovi‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ‪١٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺐ ‪٦٣‬‬
‫‪١٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪١٨٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪١٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﻟﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٥٦‬‬ ‫‪Bluetooth‬‬ ‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫‪٦٨‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ‪Ovi‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪٣٠ (HSDPA‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪١٣٠‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ‪١٤٧ ,١٣٢‬‬ ‫‪١٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ‪١٤٧ ,١٣٢‬‬ ‫‪١٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻴﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ‪٤٨‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴًﺎ ‪١٣٧‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻧﺺ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ‪١٠٣‬‬
‫ﻧﺺ‬
‫‪١٠٢‬‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﻨﺒﺆﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ‪/‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ‪١٤٢ Java‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪٧٩ (A-GPS‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ )‪٧٩ (A-GPS‬‬
‫ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦ ‪١٣١‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ‪١٥٥‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ‪١٥٦‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬

‫ﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪١٥١‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫‪١٨١‬‬ ‫‪١٤١‬‬ ‫‪RealPlayer‬‬